Merge "parser: Validate $length in padleft/padright parser functions"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 *
1504 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1505 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1506 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1507 */
1508 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * @name DJVU settings
1512 * @{
1513 */
1514
1515 /**
1516 * Path of the djvudump executable
1517 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1518 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1532 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1538 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1539 *
1540 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1541 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1542 * the efficiency problem.
1543 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1544 *
1545 * @par Example:
1546 * @code
1547 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1548 * @endcode
1549 */
1550 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1551
1552 /**
1553 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1554 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1555 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1558
1559 /**
1560 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1561 */
1562 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1563
1564 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1565
1566 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1567
1568 /************************************************************************//**
1569 * @name Email settings
1570 * @{
1571 */
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Site admin email address.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1577 */
1578 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1584 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1585 *
1586 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1592 *
1593 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1594 */
1595 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1599 *
1600 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1601 */
1602 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1606 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1607 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1613 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1619 *
1620 * @since 1.30
1621 */
1622 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1626 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1627 *
1628 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1629 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1630 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1631 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1632 */
1633 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1637 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1638 */
1639 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1643 */
1644 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1648 */
1649 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1653 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1654 */
1655 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1659 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1662
1663 /**
1664 * SMTP Mode.
1665 *
1666 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1667 * Default to false or fill an array :
1668 *
1669 * @code
1670 * $wgSMTP = [
1671 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1672 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1673 * 'port' => '25',
1674 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1675 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1676 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1677 * ];
1678 * @endcode
1679 */
1680 $wgSMTP = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1684 */
1685 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1689 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1690 */
1691 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1695 *
1696 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1697 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1698 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1699 *
1700 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1701 *
1702 * @var bool
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1705
1706 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1707 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1708 # enable or disable at their discretion
1709 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1710 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1714 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1715 * spam relay.
1716 */
1717 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1726 * user talk page.
1727 *
1728 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1729 * preference set to true.
1730 */
1731 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1735 *
1736 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1737 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1738 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1739 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1740 *
1741 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1742 *
1743 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1744 *
1745 * @var bool
1746 */
1747 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1751 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1752 *
1753 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1754 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1755 *
1756 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1757 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1758 *
1759 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1760 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1761 */
1762 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1766 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1767 *
1768 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1769 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1770 */
1771 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1775 * match the limit on your mail server.
1776 */
1777 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1781 */
1782 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1786 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1787 */
1788 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1789
1790 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1791
1792 /************************************************************************//**
1793 * @name Database settings
1794 * @{
1795 */
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Database host name or IP address
1799 */
1800 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1804 */
1805 $wgDBport = 5432;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Name of the database
1809 */
1810 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Database username
1814 */
1815 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Database user's password
1819 */
1820 $wgDBpassword = '';
1821
1822 /**
1823 * Database type
1824 */
1825 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1829 *
1830 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1831 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1832 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1833 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1834 */
1835 $wgDBssl = false;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1839 *
1840 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1841 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1842 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1843 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1844 */
1845 $wgDBcompress = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1849 */
1850 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1854 */
1855 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Search type.
1859 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1860 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1861 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1862 */
1863 $wgSearchType = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Alternative search types
1867 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1868 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1869 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1870 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1871 */
1872 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Table name prefix
1876 */
1877 $wgDBprefix = '';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1881 */
1882 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1886 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1887 * DBA has done his best job.
1888 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1889 */
1890 $wgSQLMode = '';
1891
1892 /**
1893 * Mediawiki schema
1894 */
1895 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1899 */
1900 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1901
1902 /**
1903 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1904 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1905 * main database.
1906 *
1907 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1908 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1909 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1910 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1911 *
1912 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1913 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1914 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1915 *
1916 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1917 * $wgDBprefix.
1918 *
1919 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1920 * $wgDBmwschema.
1921 *
1922 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1923 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1924 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1925 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1926 */
1927 $wgSharedDB = null;
1928
1929 /**
1930 * @see $wgSharedDB
1931 */
1932 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * @see $wgSharedDB
1936 */
1937 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1938
1939 /**
1940 * @see $wgSharedDB
1941 * @since 1.23
1942 */
1943 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1944
1945 /**
1946 * Database load balancer
1947 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1948 * Fields are:
1949 * - host: Host name
1950 * - dbname: Default database name
1951 * - user: DB user
1952 * - password: DB password
1953 * - type: DB type
1954 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1955 *
1956 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1957 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1958 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1959 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1960 *
1961 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1962 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1963 *
1964 * - flags: bit field
1965 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1966 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1967 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1968 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1969 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1970 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1971 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1972 * if available
1973 *
1974 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1975 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1976 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1977 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1978 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1979 *
1980 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1981 * variable of the Database object.
1982 *
1983 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1984 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1985 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1986 *
1987 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1988 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1989 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1990 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1991 *
1992 * @code
1993 * SET @@read_only=1;
1994 * @endcode
1995 *
1996 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1997 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1998 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1999 */
2000 $wgDBservers = false;
2001
2002 /**
2003 * Load balancer factory configuration
2004 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2005 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2006 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2007 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2008 *
2009 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2010 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2011 */
2012 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2013
2014 /**
2015 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2016 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2017 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2018 * @since 1.27
2019 */
2020 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2021
2022 /**
2023 * File to log database errors to
2024 */
2025 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2026
2027 /**
2028 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2029 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2030 *
2031 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2032 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2033 *
2034 * @par Examples:
2035 * @code
2036 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2037 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2038 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2039 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2040 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2041 * @endcode
2042 *
2043 * @since 1.20
2044 */
2045 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2049 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2050 *
2051 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2052 *
2053 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2054 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2055 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2056 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2057 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2058 *
2059 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2060 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2061 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2062 *
2063 * @deprecated since 1.31
2064 */
2065 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2066
2067 /**
2068 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2069 *
2070 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2071 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2072 * block).
2073 *
2074 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2075 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2076 * connections.
2077 *
2078 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2079 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2080 * pooled.
2081 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2082 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2083 *
2084 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2085 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2086 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2087 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2088 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2089 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2090 *
2091 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2092 */
2093 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2094
2095 /**
2096 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2097 *
2098 * Array numeric key => database name
2099 */
2100 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2101
2102 /**
2103 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2104 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2105 * show a more obvious warning.
2106 */
2107 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2108
2109 /**
2110 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2111 */
2112 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2113
2114 /**
2115 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2116 */
2117 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2118
2119 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2120
2121 /************************************************************************//**
2122 * @name Text storage
2123 * @{
2124 */
2125
2126 /**
2127 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2128 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2129 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2130 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2131 */
2132 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2133
2134 /**
2135 * External stores allow including content
2136 * from non database sources following URL links.
2137 *
2138 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2139 * @code
2140 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2141 * @endcode
2142 *
2143 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2144 */
2145 $wgExternalStores = [];
2146
2147 /**
2148 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2149 *
2150 * @par Example:
2151 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2152 * @code
2153 * $wgExternalServers = [
2154 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2155 * ];
2156 * @endcode
2157 *
2158 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2159 * another class.
2160 */
2161 $wgExternalServers = [];
2162
2163 /**
2164 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2165 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2166 *
2167 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2168 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2169 *
2170 * @par Example:
2171 * @code
2172 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2173 * @endcode
2174 *
2175 * @var array
2176 */
2177 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2181 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2182 *
2183 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2184 */
2185 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2186
2187 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2188
2189 /************************************************************************//**
2190 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2191 * @{
2192 */
2193
2194 /**
2195 * Disable database-intensive features
2196 */
2197 $wgMiserMode = false;
2198
2199 /**
2200 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2201 */
2202 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2203
2204 /**
2205 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2206 */
2207 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2208
2209 /**
2210 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2211 */
2212 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2213
2214 /**
2215 * Enable slow parser functions
2216 */
2217 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2218
2219 /**
2220 * Allow schema updates
2221 */
2222 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2223
2224 /**
2225 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2226 */
2227 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2231 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2232 */
2233 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2234
2235 /**
2236 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2237 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2238 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2239 * @since 1.26
2240 */
2241 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2242
2243 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2244
2245 /************************************************************************//**
2246 * @name Cache settings
2247 * @{
2248 */
2249
2250 /**
2251 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2252 * from the web.
2253 *
2254 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2255 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2256 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2257 */
2258 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2259
2260 /**
2261 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2262 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2263 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2264 *
2265 * The options are:
2266 *
2267 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2268 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2269 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2270 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2271 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2272 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2273 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2274 *
2275 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2276 */
2277 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2278
2279 /**
2280 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2281 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2282 *
2283 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2284 */
2285 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2286
2287 /**
2288 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2289 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2290 *
2291 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2292 */
2293 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2294
2295 /**
2296 * The cache type for storing session data.
2297 *
2298 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2299 */
2300 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2304 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2305 *
2306 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2307 *
2308 * @since 1.20
2309 */
2310 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2311
2312 /**
2313 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2314 *
2315 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2316 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2317 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2318 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2319 *
2320 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2321 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2322 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2323 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2324 */
2325 $wgObjectCaches = [
2326 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2327 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2328
2329 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2330 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2331 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2332
2333 'db-replicated' => [
2334 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2335 'readFactory' => [
2336 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2337 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2338 ],
2339 'writeFactory' => [
2340 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2341 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2342 ],
2343 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2344 'reportDupes' => false
2345 ],
2346
2347 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2348 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2349 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2350 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2351 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2352 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2353 ];
2354
2355 /**
2356 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2357 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2358 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2359 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2360 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2361 *
2362 * The options are:
2363 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2364 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2365 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2366 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2367 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2368 * @since 1.26
2369 */
2370 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2374 *
2375 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2376 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2377 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2378 *
2379 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2380 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2381 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2382 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2383 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2384 *
2385 * @since 1.26
2386 */
2387 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2388 CACHE_NONE => [
2389 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2390 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2391 'channels' => []
2392 ]
2393 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2394 'memcached-php' => [
2395 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2396 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2397 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2398 ]
2399 */
2400 ];
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2404 *
2405 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2406 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2407 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2408 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2409 *
2410 * @var bool
2411 * @since 1.29
2412 */
2413 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2414
2415 /**
2416 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2417 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2418 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2419 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2420 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2421 *
2422 * The options are:
2423 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2424 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2425 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2426 *
2427 * @since 1.26
2428 */
2429 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2430
2431 /**
2432 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2433 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2434 */
2435 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2436
2437 /**
2438 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2439 */
2440 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2444 */
2445 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2449 */
2450 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2451
2452 /**
2453 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2454 *
2455 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2456 *
2457 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2458 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2459 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2460 * others' cookies.
2461 *
2462 * @since 1.27
2463 * @var string
2464 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2465 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2466 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2467 */
2468 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2469
2470 /**
2471 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2472 *
2473 * @since 1.28
2474 */
2475 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2476
2477 /**
2478 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2479 */
2480 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2484 */
2485 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2486
2487 /**
2488 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2489 * requests.
2490 */
2491 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2495 */
2496 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2500 *
2501 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2502 *
2503 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2504 *
2505 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2506 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2507 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2508 */
2509 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2510
2511 /**
2512 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2513 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2514 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2515 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2516 */
2517 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2518
2519 /**
2520 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2521 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2522 *
2523 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2524 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2525 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2526 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2527 * otherwise the database will be used.
2528 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2529 * store static arrays.
2530 *
2531 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2532 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2533 *
2534 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2535 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2536 * will be used.
2537 *
2538 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2539 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2540 */
2541 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2542 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2543 'store' => 'detect',
2544 'storeClass' => false,
2545 'storeDirectory' => false,
2546 'manualRecache' => false,
2547 ];
2548
2549 /**
2550 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2551 */
2552 $wgCachePages = true;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2556 * client-side and server-side caching.
2557 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2558 * @verbatim
2559 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2560 * @endverbatim
2561 */
2562 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2563
2564 /**
2565 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2566 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2567 */
2568 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2572 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2573 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2574 */
2575 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2576
2577 /**
2578 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2579 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2580 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2581 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2582 */
2583 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2584
2585 /**
2586 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2587 * @deprecated since 1.26
2588 */
2589 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2590
2591 /**
2592 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2593 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2594 */
2595 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2596
2597 /**
2598 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2599 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2600 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2601 *
2602 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2603 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2604 * don't update as expected.
2605 */
2606 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2607
2608 /**
2609 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2610 */
2611 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2612
2613 /**
2614 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2615 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2616 *
2617 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2618 */
2619 $wgUseGzip = false;
2620
2621 /**
2622 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2623 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2624 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2625 * a grace period.
2626 */
2627 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2631 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2632 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2633 *
2634 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2635 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2636 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2637 */
2638 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2642 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2643 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2644 *
2645 * @par Example:
2646 * @code
2647 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2648 * @endcode
2649 *
2650 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2651 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2652 *
2653 * @var int|bool
2654 */
2655 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2656
2657 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2658
2659 /************************************************************************//**
2660 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2661 *
2662 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2663 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2664 *
2665 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2666 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2667 * more details.
2668 *
2669 * @{
2670 */
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Enable/disable CDN.
2674 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2675 */
2676 $wgUseSquid = false;
2677
2678 /**
2679 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2680 */
2681 $wgUseESI = false;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2685 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2686 * @since 1.27
2687 */
2688 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2692 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2693 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2694 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2695 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2696 * HTTP redirects.
2697 */
2698 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2699
2700 /**
2701 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2702 *
2703 * @par Example:
2704 * @code
2705 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2706 * @endcode
2707 */
2708 $wgInternalServer = false;
2709
2710 /**
2711 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2712 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2713 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2714 *
2715 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2716 */
2717 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2718
2719 /**
2720 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2721 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2722 * @since 1.27
2723 */
2724 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2725
2726 /**
2727 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2728 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2729 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2730 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2731 *
2732 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2733 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2734 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2735 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2736 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2737 *
2738 * @since 1.27
2739 */
2740 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2741
2742 /**
2743 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2744 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2745 * @since 1.27
2746 */
2747 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2748
2749 /**
2750 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2751 *
2752 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2753 */
2754 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2755
2756 /**
2757 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2758 *
2759 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2760 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2761 *
2762 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2763 */
2764 $wgSquidServers = [];
2765
2766 /**
2767 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2768 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2769 * CIDR blocks.
2770 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2771 */
2772 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2773
2774 /**
2775 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2776 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2777 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2778 *
2779 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2780 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2781 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2782 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2783 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2784 *
2785 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2786 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2787 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2788 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2789 * reverse).
2790 *
2791 * @since 1.21
2792 */
2793 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2794
2795 /**
2796 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2797 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2798 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2799 *
2800 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2801 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2802 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2803 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2804 *
2805 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2806 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2807 * @code
2808 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2809 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2810 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2811 * 'port' => 4827,
2812 * ],
2813 * '' => [
2814 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2815 * 'port' => 4827,
2816 * ],
2817 * ];
2818 * @endcode
2819 *
2820 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2821 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2822 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2823 *
2824 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2825 * @code
2826 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2827 * '' => [
2828 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2829 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2830 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2831 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2832 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2833 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2834 * ],
2835 * ];
2836 * @endcode
2837 *
2838 * @since 1.22
2839 *
2840 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2841 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2842 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2843 *
2844 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2845 */
2846 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2847
2848 /**
2849 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2850 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2851 */
2852 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2856 */
2857 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2858
2859 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2860
2861 /************************************************************************//**
2862 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2863 * @{
2864 */
2865
2866 /**
2867 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2868 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2869 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2870 *
2871 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2872 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2873 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2874 *
2875 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2876 * change it in their preferences.
2877 *
2878 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2879 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2880 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2881 */
2882 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2883
2884 /**
2885 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2886 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2887 */
2888 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2889
2890 /**
2891 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2892 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2893 *
2894 * @par Example:
2895 * @code
2896 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2897 * @endcode
2898 */
2899 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2900
2901 /**
2902 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2903 */
2904 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2905
2906 /**
2907 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2908 */
2909 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2910
2911 /**
2912 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2913 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2914 * Notes:
2915 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2916 * map.
2917 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2918 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2919 * this array.
2920 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2921 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2922 * the prefix in this array.
2923 */
2924 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2925
2926 /**
2927 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2928 */
2929 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2930
2931 /**
2932 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2933 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2934 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2935 *
2936 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2937 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2938 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2939 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2940 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2941 *
2942 * @since 1.29
2943 */
2944 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2945 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2946 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2947 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2948 ];
2949
2950 /**
2951 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2952 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2953 *
2954 * @deprecated since 1.29
2955 */
2956 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2957
2958 /**
2959 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2960 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2961 * set to "ar".
2962 *
2963 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2964 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2965 */
2966 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2970 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2971 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2972 * support these characters.
2973 *
2974 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2975 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2976 */
2977 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2978
2979 /**
2980 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2981 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2982 * impact.
2983 *
2984 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2985 * details.
2986 *
2987 * @since 1.17
2988 */
2989 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2993 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2994 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2995 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2996 *
2997 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2998 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2999 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3000 */
3001 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3005 */
3006 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3007
3008 /**
3009 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3010 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3011 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3012 *
3013 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3014 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3015 * to remain viewable.
3016 *
3017 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3018 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3019 */
3020 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3024 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3025 */
3026 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3030 * numerals in interface.
3031 */
3032 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3036 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3037 */
3038 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3042 */
3043 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3047 */
3048 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3052 */
3053 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3057 */
3058 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3059
3060 /**
3061 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3062 */
3063 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3067 * used to ease variant development work.
3068 */
3069 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3070
3071 /**
3072 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3073 *
3074 * @par Example:
3075 * @code
3076 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3077 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3078 * @endcode
3079 */
3080 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3081
3082 /**
3083 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3084 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3085 * language variant.
3086 *
3087 * @par Example:
3088 * @code
3089 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3090 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3091 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3092 * @endcode
3093 *
3094 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3095 *
3096 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3097 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3098 */
3099 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3100
3101 /**
3102 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3103 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3104 * customise these.
3105 */
3106 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3107
3108 /**
3109 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3110 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3111 *
3112 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3113 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3114 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3115 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3116 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3117 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3118 * the default behavior.
3119 *
3120 * @par Example:
3121 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3122 * portal:
3123 * @code
3124 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3125 * @endcode
3126 */
3127 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3128
3129 /**
3130 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3131 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3132 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3133 *
3134 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3135 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3136 *
3137 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3138 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3139 *
3140 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3141 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3142 *
3143 * @par Examples:
3144 * @code
3145 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3146 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3147 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3148 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3149 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3150 * @endcode
3151 */
3152 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3153
3154 /**
3155 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3156 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3157 *
3158 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3159 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3160 *
3161 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3162 */
3163 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3164
3165 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3166
3167 /*************************************************************************//**
3168 * @name Output format and skin settings
3169 * @{
3170 */
3171
3172 /**
3173 * The default Content-Type header.
3174 */
3175 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3179 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3180 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3181 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3182 * @deprecated since 1.22
3183 */
3184 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3188 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3189 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3190 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3191 * @deprecated since 1.22
3192 */
3193 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3197 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3198 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3199 * to true by Setup.php.
3200 * @deprecated since 1.22
3201 */
3202 $wgHtml5 = true;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3206 *
3207 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3208 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3209 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3210 * @since 1.16
3211 */
3212 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3213
3214 /**
3215 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3216 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3217 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3218 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3219 * @since 1.24
3220 */
3221 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3225 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3226 * stable and change has been communicated.
3227 * @since 1.24
3228 */
3229 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3233 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3234 *
3235 * @since 1.32
3236 */
3237 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3238
3239 /**
3240 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3241 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3242 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3243 *
3244 * @since 1.28
3245 */
3246 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3247
3248 /**
3249 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3250 *
3251 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3252 *
3253 * @par Example:
3254 * @code
3255 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3256 * @endcode
3257 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3258 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3259 *
3260 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3261 */
3262 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3266 *
3267 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3268 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3269 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3270 */
3271 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3275 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3276 */
3277 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3281 *
3282 * @since 1.24
3283 */
3284 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3288 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3289 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3290 */
3291 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3292
3293 /**
3294 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3295 */
3296 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Allow user Javascript page?
3300 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3301 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3302 */
3303 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3304
3305 /**
3306 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3307 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3308 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3309 */
3310 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3314 *
3315 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3316 * are availabe to users.
3317 */
3318 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3322 */
3323 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3327 */
3328 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3332 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3333 */
3334 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3338 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3339 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3340 *
3341 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3342 *
3343 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3344 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3345 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3346 *
3347 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3348 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3349 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3350 * recommended.
3351 *
3352 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3353 * not just edit pages.
3354 */
3355 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3359 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3360 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3361 * Options are:
3362 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3363 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3364 * - false: Allow all framing.
3365 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3366 */
3367 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3371 */
3372 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3376 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3377 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3378 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3379 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3380 *
3381 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3382 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3383 * a page.
3384 *
3385 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3386 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3387 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3388 * would still work.
3389 *
3390 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3391 *
3392 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3393 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3394 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3395 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3396 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3397 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3398 * fragment mode is used.
3399 *
3400 * @since 1.30
3401 */
3402 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3403
3404 /**
3405 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3406 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3407 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3408 * to 'html5'.
3409 *
3410 * @since 1.30
3411 */
3412 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3413
3414 /**
3415 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3416 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3417 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3418 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3419 *
3420 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3421 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3422 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3423 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3424 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3425 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3426 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3427 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3428 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3429 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3430 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3431 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3432 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3433 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3434 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3435 * not be outputted
3436 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3437 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3438 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3439 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3440 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3441 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3442 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3443 */
3444 $wgFooterIcons = [
3445 "copyright" => [
3446 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3447 ],
3448 "poweredby" => [
3449 "mediawiki" => [
3450 // Defaults to point at
3451 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3452 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3453 "src" => null,
3454 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3455 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3456 ]
3457 ],
3458 ];
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3462 * to create an account.
3463 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3464 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3465 */
3466 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3467
3468 /**
3469 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3470 */
3471 $wgEdititis = false;
3472
3473 /**
3474 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3475 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3476 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3477 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3478 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3479 *
3480 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3481 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3482 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3483 */
3484 $wgSend404Code = true;
3485
3486 /**
3487 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3488 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3489 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3490 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3491 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3492 *
3493 * @since 1.20
3494 */
3495 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3496
3497 /**
3498 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3499 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3500 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3501 * unconditionally.
3502 */
3503 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3504
3505 /**
3506 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3507 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3508 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3509 * the domain root.
3510 *
3511 * @since 1.25
3512 */
3513 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3514
3515 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3516
3517 /*************************************************************************//**
3518 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3519 * @{
3520 */
3521
3522 /**
3523 * Client-side resource modules.
3524 *
3525 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3526 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3527 *
3528 * @par Example:
3529 * @code
3530 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3531 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3532 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3533 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3534 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3535 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3536 * ];
3537 * @endcode
3538 */
3539 $wgResourceModules = [];
3540
3541 /**
3542 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3543 *
3544 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3545 * not be modified or disabled.
3546 *
3547 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3548 *
3549 * @par Example:
3550 * @code
3551 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3552 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3553 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3554 * ];
3555 *
3556 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3557 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3558 * ];
3559 * @endcode
3560 *
3561 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3562 *
3563 * @par Equivalent:
3564 * @code
3565 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3566 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3567 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3568 * 'skinStyles' => [
3569 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3570 * ],
3571 * ];
3572 * @endcode
3573 *
3574 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3575 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3576 *
3577 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3578 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3579 *
3580 * @par Example:
3581 * @code
3582 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3583 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3584 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3585 * 'skinStyles' => [
3586 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3587 * ],
3588 * ];
3589 * // Note the '+' character:
3590 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3591 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3592 * ];
3593 * @endcode
3594 *
3595 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3596 *
3597 * @par Equivalent:
3598 * @code
3599 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3600 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3601 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3602 * 'skinStyles' => [
3603 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3604 * 'foo' => [
3605 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3606 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3607 * ],
3608 * ],
3609 * ];
3610 * @endcode
3611 *
3612 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3613 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3614 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3615 *
3616 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3617 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3618 *
3619 * @par Example:
3620 * @code
3621 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3622 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3623 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3624 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3625 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3626 * ];
3627 * @endcode
3628 */
3629 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3630
3631 /**
3632 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3633 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3634 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3635 *
3636 * @par Example:
3637 * @code
3638 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3639 * @endcode
3640 */
3641 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3642
3643 /**
3644 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3645 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3646 */
3647 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3648
3649 /**
3650 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3651 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3652 *
3653 * Following options to distinguish:
3654 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3655 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3656 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3657 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3658 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3659 *
3660 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3661 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3662 * client and MediaWiki.
3663 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3664 */
3665 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3666 'versioned' => [
3667 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3668 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3669 ],
3670 'unversioned' => [
3671 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3672 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3673 ],
3674 ];
3675
3676 /**
3677 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3678 *
3679 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3680 */
3681 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3682
3683 /**
3684 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3685 *
3686 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3687 */
3688 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3689
3690 /**
3691 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3692 *
3693 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3694 * work.
3695 *
3696 * @par Example of legacy code:
3697 * @code{,js}
3698 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3699 * @endcode
3700 * or:
3701 * @code{,js}
3702 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3703 * @endcode
3704 *
3705 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3706 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3707 * @code{,js}
3708 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3709 * @endcode
3710 * or:
3711 * @code{,js}
3712 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3713 * @endcode
3714 */
3715 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3716
3717 /**
3718 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3719 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3720 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3721 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3722 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3723 * that you can't increase.
3724 *
3725 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3726 * string length limit.
3727 *
3728 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3729 */
3730 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3731
3732 /**
3733 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3734 * prior to minification to validate it.
3735 *
3736 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3737 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3738 */
3739 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3740
3741 /**
3742 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3743 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3744 *
3745 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3746 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3747 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3748 */
3749 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3750
3751 /**
3752 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3753 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3754 *
3755 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3756 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3757 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3758 *
3759 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3760 *
3761 * @par Example:
3762 * @code
3763 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3764 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3765 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3766 * ];
3767 * @endcode
3768 * @since 1.22
3769 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3770 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3771 */
3772 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3773 /**
3774 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3775 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3776 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3777 * @since 1.27
3778 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3779 */
3780 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3781 ];
3782
3783 /**
3784 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3785 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3786 */
3787 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3791 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3792 *
3793 * @since 1.23
3794 */
3795 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3799 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3800 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3801 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3802 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3803 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3804 * from the rest of the site.
3805 *
3806 * @since 1.25
3807 */
3808 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3809
3810 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3811
3812 /*************************************************************************//**
3813 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3814 * @{
3815 */
3816
3817 /**
3818 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3819 * used instead.
3820 */
3821 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3822
3823 /**
3824 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3825 *
3826 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3827 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3828 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3829 */
3830 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3831
3832 /**
3833 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3834 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3835 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3836 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3837 * hook or extension.json.
3838 *
3839 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3840 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3841 * the new namespace name.
3842 *
3843 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3844 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3845 *
3846 * @par Example:
3847 * @code
3848 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3849 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3850 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3851 * 102 => "Aide",
3852 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3853 * ];
3854 * @endcode
3855 *
3856 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3857 */
3858 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3862 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3863 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3864 * @since 1.18
3865 */
3866 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3867
3868 /**
3869 * Namespace aliases.
3870 *
3871 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3872 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3873 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3874 * name.
3875 *
3876 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3877 *
3878 * @par Example:
3879 * @code
3880 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3881 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3882 * 'Help' => 100,
3883 * ];
3884 * @endcode
3885 */
3886 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3887
3888 /**
3889 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3890 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3891 *
3892 * Problematic punctuation:
3893 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3894 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3895 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3896 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3897 * corrupted by apache
3898 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3899 *
3900 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3901 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3902 *
3903 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3904 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3905 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3906 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3907 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3908 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3909 *
3910 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3911 */
3912 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3913
3914 /**
3915 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3916 *
3917 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3918 */
3919 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3920
3921 /**
3922 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3923 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3924 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3925 *
3926 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3927 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3928 */
3929 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3930
3931 /**
3932 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3933 */
3934 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3935
3936 /**
3937 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3938 * @{
3939 */
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3943 * database (.cdb) file.
3944 *
3945 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3946 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3947 * formats such as the following:
3948 *
3949 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3950 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3951 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3952 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3953 *
3954 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3955 * data layout.
3956 *
3957 * @var bool|array|string
3958 */
3959 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3960
3961 /**
3962 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3963 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3964 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3965 * - 3: site levels
3966 */
3967 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3968
3969 /**
3970 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3971 */
3972 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3973
3974 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3975
3976 /**
3977 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3978 * @{
3979 */
3980
3981 /**
3982 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3983 */
3984 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3985
3986 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3987
3988 /**
3989 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3990 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3991 * as 'redirected from' links.
3992 *
3993 * @par Example:
3994 * It might look something like this:
3995 * @code
3996 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3997 * @endcode
3998 *
3999 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4000 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4001 * the URL.
4002 */
4003 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4004
4005 /**
4006 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4007 *
4008 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4009 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4010 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4011 */
4012 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4013
4014 /**
4015 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4016 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4017 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4018 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4019 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4020 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4021 * NS_FILE.
4022 *
4023 * @par Example:
4024 * @code
4025 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4026 * @endcode
4027 */
4028 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4029
4030 /**
4031 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4032 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4033 */
4034 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4035 NS_TALK => true,
4036 NS_USER => true,
4037 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4038 NS_PROJECT => true,
4039 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4040 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4041 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4042 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4043 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4044 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4045 NS_HELP => true,
4046 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4047 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4048 ];
4049
4050 /**
4051 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4052 *
4053 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4054 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4055 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4056 *
4057 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4058 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4059 *
4060 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4061 * the new extension registration system.
4062 *
4063 * @since 1.23
4064 */
4065 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4069 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4070 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4071 * number of articles in the wiki.
4072 */
4073 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4074
4075 /**
4076 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4077 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4078 * be shown on that page.
4079 * @since 1.30
4080 */
4081 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4082
4083 /**
4084 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4085 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4086 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4087 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4088 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4089 */
4090 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4094 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4095 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4096 */
4097 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4098
4099 /**
4100 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4101 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4102 * will make the redirect fail.
4103 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4104 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4105 *
4106 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4107 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4108 */
4109 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4110
4111 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4112
4113 /************************************************************************//**
4114 * @name Parser settings
4115 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4116 * @{
4117 */
4118
4119 /**
4120 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4121 *
4122 * class The class name
4123 *
4124 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4125 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4126 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4127 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4128 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4129 *
4130 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4131 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4132 *
4133 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4134 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4135 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4136 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4137 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4138 * an extension setup function.
4139 */
4140 $wgParserConf = [
4141 'class' => Parser::class,
4142 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4143 ];
4144
4145 /**
4146 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4147 */
4148 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4149
4150 /**
4151 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4152 * by PPFrame::expand()
4153 */
4154 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4155
4156 /**
4157 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4158 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4159 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4160 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4161 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4162 *
4163 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4169 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4170 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4171 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4172 */
4173 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4177 */
4178 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4179
4180 /**
4181 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4182 *
4183 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4184 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4185 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4186 * more information.
4187 *
4188 * @see wfParseUrl
4189 */
4190 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4191 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4192 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4193 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4194 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4195 ];
4196
4197 /**
4198 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4199 */
4200 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4201
4202 /**
4203 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4204 */
4205 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4206
4207 /**
4208 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4209 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4210 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4211 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4212 *
4213 * @par Examples:
4214 * @code
4215 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4216 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4217 * @endcode
4218 */
4219 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4220
4221 /**
4222 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4223 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4224 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4225 * The image will be displayed.
4226 *
4227 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4228 * Or false to disable it
4229 */
4230 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4231
4232 /**
4233 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4234 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4235 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4236 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4237 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4238 * sites they control.
4239 */
4240 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4241
4242 /**
4243 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4244 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4245 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4246 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4247 *
4248 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4249 * parameters will be used instead.
4250 *
4251 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4252 *
4253 * Keys are:
4254 * - driver: May be:
4255 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4256 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4257 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4258 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4259 *
4260 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4261 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4262 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4263 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4264 */
4265 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4266
4267 /**
4268 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4269 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4270 */
4271 $wgUseTidy = false;
4272
4273 /**
4274 * The path to the tidy binary.
4275 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4276 */
4277 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4278
4279 /**
4280 * The path to the tidy config file
4281 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4282 */
4283 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4284
4285 /**
4286 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4287 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4288 */
4289 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4290
4291 /**
4292 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4293 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4294 */
4295 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4299 * Only works for internal tidy.
4300 */
4301 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4305 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4306 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4307 */
4308 $wgRawHtml = false;
4309
4310 /**
4311 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4312 *
4313 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4314 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4315 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4316 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4317 * to some of your users.
4318 */
4319 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4323 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4324 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4325 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4326 */
4327 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4328
4329 /**
4330 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4331 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4332 */
4333 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4334
4335 /**
4336 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4337 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4338 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4339 *
4340 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4341 *
4342 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4343 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4344 * etc.
4345 *
4346 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4347 */
4348 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4352 */
4353 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4354
4355 /**
4356 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4357 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4358 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4359 */
4360 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4364 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4365 */
4366 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4370 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4371 */
4372 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4373
4374 /**
4375 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4376 */
4377 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4381 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4382 */
4383 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4384
4385 /**
4386 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4387 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4388 *
4389 * @since 1.28
4390 */
4391 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4392 'ISBN' => false,
4393 'PMID' => false,
4394 'RFC' => false
4395 ];
4396
4397 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4398
4399 /************************************************************************//**
4400 * @name Statistics
4401 * @{
4402 */
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4406 * as a valid article.
4407 *
4408 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4409 *
4410 * This variable can have the following values:
4411 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4412 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4413 *
4414 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4415 *
4416 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4417 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4418 * script.
4419 */
4420 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4421
4422 /**
4423 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4424 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4425 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4426 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4427 * numbers between different wikis.
4428 */
4429 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4430
4431 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4432
4433 /************************************************************************//**
4434 * @name User accounts, authentication
4435 * @{
4436 */
4437
4438 /**
4439 * Central ID lookup providers
4440 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4441 * @since 1.27
4442 */
4443 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4444 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4445 ];
4446
4447 /**
4448 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4449 * @var string
4450 */
4451 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4452
4453 /**
4454 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4455 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4456 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4457 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4458 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4459 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4460 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4461 * Statements:
4462 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4463 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4464 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4465 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4466 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4467 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4468 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4469 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4470 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4471 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4472 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4473 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4474 * @since 1.26
4475 */
4476 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4477 'policies' => [
4478 'bureaucrat' => [
4479 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4480 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4481 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4482 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4483 ],
4484 'sysop' => [
4485 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4486 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4487 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4488 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4489 ],
4490 'bot' => [
4491 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4492 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4493 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4494 ],
4495 'default' => [
4496 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4497 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4498 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4499 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4500 ],
4501 ],
4502 'checks' => [
4503 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4504 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4505 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4507 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4508 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4509 ],
4510 ];
4511
4512 /**
4513 * Configure AuthManager
4514 *
4515 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4516 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4517 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4518 * (default is 0).
4519 *
4520 * Elements are:
4521 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4522 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4523 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4524 *
4525 * @since 1.27
4526 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4527 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4528 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4529 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4530 */
4531 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4532
4533 /**
4534 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4535 * @since 1.27
4536 */
4537 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4538 'preauth' => [
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'sort' => 0,
4542 ],
4543 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4544 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4545 'sort' => 0,
4546 ],
4547 ],
4548 'primaryauth' => [
4549 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4550 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4551 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4552 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4553 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4554 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4555 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'args' => [ [
4559 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4560 'authoritative' => false,
4561 ] ],
4562 'sort' => 0,
4563 ],
4564 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4565 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4566 'args' => [ [
4567 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4568 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4569 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4570 // password") if it too fails.
4571 'authoritative' => true,
4572 ] ],
4573 'sort' => 100,
4574 ],
4575 ],
4576 'secondaryauth' => [
4577 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4578 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4579 'sort' => 0,
4580 ],
4581 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4582 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4583 'sort' => 100,
4584 ],
4585 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4586 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 // 'sort' => 100,
4589 // ],
4590 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4591 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4592 'sort' => 200,
4593 ],
4594 ],
4595 ];
4596
4597 /**
4598 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4599 *
4600 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4601 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4602 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4603 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4604 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4605 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4606 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4607 * that needs to do this.
4608 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4609 * the last X seconds.
4610 * - Come up with a third option.
4611 *
4612 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4613 * "X seconds".
4614 *
4615 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4616 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4617 * - LinkAccounts
4618 * - UnlinkAccount
4619 * - ChangeCredentials
4620 * - RemoveCredentials
4621 * - ChangeEmail
4622 *
4623 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4624 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4625 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4626 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4627 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4628 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4629 *
4630 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4631 *
4632 * @since 1.27
4633 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4634 */
4635 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4636 'default' => 300,
4637 ];
4638
4639 /**
4640 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4641 *
4642 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4643 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4644 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4645 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4646 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4647 *
4648 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4649 *
4650 * @since 1.27
4651 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4652 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4653 */
4654 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4655 'default' => true,
4656 ];
4657
4658 /**
4659 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4660 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4661 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4662 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4663 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4664 * @since 1.27
4665 * @var string[]
4666 */
4667 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4668 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4669 ];
4670
4671 /**
4672 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4673 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4674 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4675 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4676 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4677 * @since 1.27
4678 * @var string[]
4679 */
4680 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4681 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4682 ];
4683
4684 /**
4685 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4686 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4687 */
4688 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4689
4690 /**
4691 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4692 * words are allowed.
4693 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4694 */
4695 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4696
4697 /**
4698 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4699 *
4700 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4701 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4702 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4703 *
4704 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4705 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4706 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4707 */
4708 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4712 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4713 * @since 1.23
4714 */
4715 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4716
4717 /**
4718 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4719 *
4720 * @since 1.24
4721 */
4722 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4723
4724 /**
4725 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4726 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4727 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4728 *
4729 * An advanced example:
4730 * @code
4731 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4732 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4733 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4734 * 'secrets' => [],
4735 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4736 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4737 * 'cost' => 5,
4738 * ];
4739 * @endcode
4740 *
4741 * @since 1.24
4742 */
4743 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4744 'A' => [
4745 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4746 ],
4747 'B' => [
4748 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4749 ],
4750 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4751 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4752 'types' => [
4753 'A',
4754 'pbkdf2',
4755 ],
4756 ],
4757 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4758 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4759 'types' => [
4760 'B',
4761 'pbkdf2',
4762 ],
4763 ],
4764 'bcrypt' => [
4765 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4766 'cost' => 9,
4767 ],
4768 'pbkdf2' => [
4769 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4770 'algo' => 'sha512',
4771 'cost' => '30000',
4772 'length' => '64',
4773 ],
4774 ];
4775
4776 /**
4777 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4778 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4779 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4780 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4781 */
4782 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4783 'username' => true,
4784 'email' => true,
4785 ];
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4789 */
4790 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4791
4792 /**
4793 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4794 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4795 */
4796 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4797
4798 /**
4799 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4800 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4801 */
4802 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4803 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4804 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4805 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4806 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4807 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4808 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4809 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4810 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4811 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4812 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4813 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4814 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4815 ];
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4819 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4820 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4821 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4822 */
4823 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4824 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4825 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4826 'date' => 'default',
4827 'diffonly' => 0,
4828 'disablemail' => 0,
4829 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4830 'editondblclick' => 0,
4831 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4832 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4833 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4834 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4835 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4836 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4837 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4838 'fancysig' => 0,
4839 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4840 'gender' => 'unknown',
4841 'hideminor' => 0,
4842 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4843 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4844 'imagesize' => 2,
4845 'minordefault' => 0,
4846 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4847 'nickname' => '',
4848 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4849 'numberheadings' => 0,
4850 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4851 'previewontop' => 1,
4852 'rcdays' => 7,
4853 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4854 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4855 'rclimit' => 50,
4856 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4857 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4858 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4859 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4860 'skin' => false,
4861 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4862 'thumbsize' => 5,
4863 'underline' => 2,
4864 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4865 'usenewrc' => 1,
4866 'watchcreations' => 1,
4867 'watchdefault' => 1,
4868 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4869 'watchuploads' => 1,
4870 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4871 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4872 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4873 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4874 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4875 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4876 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4877 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4878 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4879 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4880 'watchmoves' => 0,
4881 'watchrollback' => 0,
4882 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4883 'wllimit' => 250,
4884 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4885 'prefershttps' => 1,
4886 ];
4887
4888 /**
4889 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4890 */
4891 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4892
4893 /**
4894 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4895 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4896 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4897 */
4898 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4899
4900 /**
4901 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4902 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4903 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4904 *
4905 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4906 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4907 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4908 */
4909 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4910
4911 /**
4912 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4913 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4914 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4915 * @since 1.17
4916 */
4917 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4918
4919 /**
4920 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4921 *
4922 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4923 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4924 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4925 *
4926 * @since 1.27
4927 * @var string|null
4928 */
4929 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4930
4931 /**
4932 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4933 *
4934 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4935 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4936 *
4937 * @since 1.27
4938 */
4939 $wgSessionProviders = [
4940 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4941 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4942 'args' => [ [
4943 'priority' => 30,
4944 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4945 ] ],
4946 ],
4947 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4948 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4949 'args' => [ [
4950 'priority' => 75,
4951 ] ],
4952 ],
4953 ];
4954
4955 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4956
4957 /************************************************************************//**
4958 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4959 * @{
4960 */
4961
4962 /**
4963 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4964 */
4965 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4966
4967 /**
4968 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4969 */
4970 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4971
4972 /**
4973 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4974 */
4975 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4979 *
4980 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4981 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4982 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4983 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4984 *
4985 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4986 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4987 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4988 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4989 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4990 */
4991 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4992 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4993 'IPv6' => 19,
4994 ];
4995
4996 /**
4997 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4998 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4999 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5000 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5001 * anonymous visitors.
5002 */
5003 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5007 *
5008 * @par Example:
5009 * @code
5010 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5011 * @endcode
5012 *
5013 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5014 *
5015 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5016 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5017 *
5018 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5019 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5020 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5021 *
5022 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5023 * hook instead.
5024 */
5025 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5029 *
5030 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5031 * is without underscore.
5032 *
5033 * @par Example:
5034 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5035 * @code
5036 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5037 * @endcode
5038 *
5039 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5040 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5041 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5042 *
5043 * @par Example:
5044 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5045 * @code
5046 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5047 * @endcode
5048 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5049 *
5050 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5051 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5052 */
5053 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5054
5055 /**
5056 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5057 * address before being allowed to edit?
5058 */
5059 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5060
5061 /**
5062 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5063 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5064 */
5065 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5066
5067 /**
5068 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5069 *
5070 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5071 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5072 *
5073 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5074 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5075 *
5076 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5077 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5078 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5079 * in in the user_groups table.
5080 *
5081 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5082 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5083 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5084 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5085 *
5086 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5087 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5088 *
5089 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5090 */
5091 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5092
5093 /** @cond file_level_code */
5094 // Implicit group for all visitors
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5106 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5107
5108 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5131
5132 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5135
5136 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5137 // from various log pages by default
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5146
5147 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5151 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5153 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5155 // can view deleted revision text
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5188 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5189 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5193
5194 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5197 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5198 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5199 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5201
5202 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5203 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5204 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5205 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5206 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5208 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5209 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5210 // For private suppression log access
5211 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5212
5213 /**
5214 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5215 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5216 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5217 * server.
5218 */
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5220
5221 /** @endcond */
5222
5223 /**
5224 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5225 *
5226 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5227 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5228 *
5229 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5230 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5231 */
5232 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5233
5234 /**
5235 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5236 */
5237 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5238
5239 /**
5240 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5241 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5242 *
5243 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5244 * group".
5245 *
5246 * @par Example:
5247 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5248 * @code
5249 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5250 * @endcode
5251 *
5252 * @par Example:
5253 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5254 * @code
5255 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5256 * @endcode
5257 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5258 * any group that they happen to be in.
5259 */
5260 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5261
5262 /**
5263 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5264 */
5265 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5266
5267 /**
5268 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5269 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5270 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5271 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5272 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5273 */
5274 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5275
5276 /**
5277 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5278 *
5279 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5280 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5281 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5282 *
5283 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5284 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5285 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5286 */
5287 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5288
5289 /**
5290 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5291 *
5292 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5293 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5294 *
5295 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5296 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5297 */
5298 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5299
5300 /**
5301 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5302 *
5303 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5304 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5305 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5306 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5307 * "semiprotected".
5308 *
5309 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5310 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5311 */
5312 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5316 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5317 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5318 *
5319 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5320 */
5321 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5322
5323 /**
5324 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5325 *
5326 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5327 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5328 *
5329 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5330 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5331 */
5332 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5333
5334 /**
5335 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5336 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5337 * privileges of new accounts.
5338 *
5339 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5340 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5341 *
5342 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5343 *
5344 * @par Example:
5345 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5346 * @code
5347 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5348 * @endcode
5349 * Set age to one day:
5350 * @code
5351 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5352 * @endcode
5353 */
5354 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5355
5356 /**
5357 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5358 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5359 *
5360 * @par Example:
5361 * @code
5362 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5363 * @endcode
5364 */
5365 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5366
5367 /**
5368 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5369 *
5370 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5371 *
5372 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5373 * 'groupname' => cond,
5374 * 'group2' => cond2,
5375 * );
5376 *
5377 * A `cond` may be:
5378 * - a single condition without arguments:
5379 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5380 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5381 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5382 * - a single condition with arguments:
5383 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5384 * - a set of conditions:
5385 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5386 *
5387 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5388 * - `&` (**AND**):
5389 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5390 * - `|` (**OR**):
5391 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5392 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5393 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5394 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5395 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5396 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5397 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5398 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5399 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5400 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5401 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5402 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5403 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5404 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5405 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5406 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5407 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5408 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5409 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5410 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5411 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5412 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5413 * true if the user is blocked
5414 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5415 * true if the user is a bot
5416 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5417 *
5418 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5419 * linked by operands.
5420 *
5421 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5422 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5423 */
5424 $wgAutopromote = [
5425 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5426 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5427 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5428 ],
5429 ];
5430
5431 /**
5432 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5433 *
5434 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5435 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5436 *
5437 * The format is:
5438 * @code
5439 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5440 * @endcode
5441 * Where event is either:
5442 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5443 *
5444 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5445 *
5446 * @see $wgAutopromote
5447 * @since 1.18
5448 */
5449 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5450 'onEdit' => [],
5451 ];
5452
5453 /**
5454 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5455 * @since 1.18
5456 */
5457 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5458
5459 /**
5460 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5461 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5462 *
5463 * @par Example:
5464 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5465 * @code
5466 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5467 * @endcode
5468 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5469 * @code
5470 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5471 * @endcode
5472 * Sysops can make bots:
5473 * @code
5474 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5475 * @endcode
5476 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5479 * @endcode
5480 */
5481 $wgAddGroups = [];
5482
5483 /**
5484 * @see $wgAddGroups
5485 */
5486 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5487
5488 /**
5489 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5490 * For extensions only.
5491 */
5492 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5493
5494 /**
5495 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5496 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5497 */
5498 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5499
5500 /**
5501 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5502 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5503 * This is limited for performance reason.
5504 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5505 * @since 1.23
5506 */
5507 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5508
5509 /**
5510 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5511 *
5512 * @par Example:
5513 * @code
5514 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5515 * // no more than 100 per month
5516 * [
5517 * 'count' => 100,
5518 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5519 * ],
5520 * // no more than 10 per day
5521 * [
5522 * 'count' => 10,
5523 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5524 * ],
5525 * ];
5526 * @endcode
5527 *
5528 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5529 */
5530 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5531 'count' => 0,
5532 'seconds' => 86400,
5533 ] ];
5534
5535 /**
5536 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5537 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5538 *
5539 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5540 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5541 *
5542 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5543 *
5544 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5545 */
5546 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5547
5548 /**
5549 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5550 */
5551 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5552
5553 /**
5554 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5555 * proxies
5556 * @since 1.16
5557 */
5558 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5559
5560 /**
5561 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5562 *
5563 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5564 * the blacklist require a key).
5565 *
5566 * @par Example:
5567 * @code
5568 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5569 * // String containing URL
5570 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5571 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5572 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5573 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5574 * // just use a string as shown above
5575 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5576 * ];
5577 * @endcode
5578 *
5579 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5580 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5581 * @since 1.16
5582 */
5583 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5584
5585 /**
5586 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5587 * what the other methods might say.
5588 */
5589 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5590
5591 /**
5592 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5593 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5594 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5595 * @since 1.29
5596 * @var string[]
5597 */
5598 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5599
5600 /**
5601 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5602 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5603 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5604 */
5605 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5606
5607 /**
5608 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5609 *
5610 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5611 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5612 * elapses.
5613 *
5614 * @par Example:
5615 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5616 * @code
5617 * $wgRateLimits = [
5618 * 'edit' => [
5619 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5620 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5621 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5622 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5623 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5624 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5625 * ]
5626 * ];
5627 * @endcode
5628 *
5629 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5630 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5631 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5632 * @code
5633 * $wgRateLimits = [
5634 * 'some-action' => [
5635 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5636 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5637 * ];
5638 * @endcode
5639 *
5640 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5641 */
5642 $wgRateLimits = [
5643 // Page edits
5644 'edit' => [
5645 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5646 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5647 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5648 ],
5649 // Page moves
5650 'move' => [
5651 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5652 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5653 ],
5654 // File uploads
5655 'upload' => [
5656 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5657 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 ],
5659 // Page rollbacks
5660 'rollback' => [
5661 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5662 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5663 ],
5664 // Triggering password resets emails
5665 'mailpassword' => [
5666 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5667 ],
5668 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5669 'emailuser' => [
5670 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5671 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5672 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5673 ],
5674 // Purging pages
5675 'purge' => [
5676 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5677 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Purges of link tables
5680 'linkpurge' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5682 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5685 'renderfile' => [
5686 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5687 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5688 ],
5689 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5690 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5692 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5693 ],
5694 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5695 'stashedit' => [
5696 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5697 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5698 ],
5699 // Adding or removing change tags
5700 'changetag' => [
5701 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5702 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Changing the content model of a page
5705 'editcontentmodel' => [
5706 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5707 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5708 ],
5709 ];
5710
5711 /**
5712 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5713 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5714 */
5715 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5716
5717 /**
5718 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5719 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5720 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5721 */
5722 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5723
5724 /**
5725 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5726 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5727 */
5728 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5729
5730 /**
5731 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5732 *
5733 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5734 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5735 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5736 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5737 *
5738 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5739 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5740 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5741 */
5742 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5743 // Short term limit
5744 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5745 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5746 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5747 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5748 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5749 ];
5750
5751 /**
5752 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5753 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5754 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5755 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5756 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5757 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5758 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5759 * @since 1.27
5760 */
5761 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5762
5763 // @TODO: clean up grants
5764 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5765
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5776
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5781
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5786
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5789
5790 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5803
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5814
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5834
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5855
5856 /**
5857 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5858 * @since 1.27
5859 */
5860 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5861 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5862 'basic' => 'hidden',
5863
5864 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5865 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5866 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5867 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5868
5869 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5870 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5871
5872 'sendemail' => 'email',
5873
5874 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5875 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5876
5877 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5878 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5879
5880 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5881 'rollback' => 'administration',
5882 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5883 'delete' => 'administration',
5884 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5885 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5886 'protect' => 'administration',
5887 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5888
5889 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5890
5891 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5892 ];
5893
5894 /**
5895 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5896 * @since 1.27
5897 */
5898 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5899
5900 /**
5901 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5902 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5903 * @since 1.27
5904 */
5905 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5906
5907 /**
5908 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5909 *
5910 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5911 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5912 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5913 * @since 1.27
5914 */
5915 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5916
5917 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5918
5919 /************************************************************************//**
5920 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5921 * @{
5922 */
5923
5924 /**
5925 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5926 */
5927 $wgSecretKey = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5931 *
5932 * This can have the following formats:
5933 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5934 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5935 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5936 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5937 */
5938 $wgProxyList = [];
5939
5940 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5941
5942 /************************************************************************//**
5943 * @name Cookie settings
5944 * @{
5945 */
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5949 */
5950 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5954 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5955 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5956 * login cookies session-only.
5957 */
5958 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5959
5960 /**
5961 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5962 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5963 */
5964 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5968 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5969 */
5970 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5971
5972 /**
5973 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5974 * - true: Set secure flag
5975 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5976 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5977 */
5978 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5982 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5983 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5984 * check.
5985 */
5986 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5990 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5991 * name to be used as a prefix.
5992 */
5993 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5994
5995 /**
5996 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5997 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5998 * XSS attack.
5999 */
6000 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6001
6002 /**
6003 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6004 */
6005 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6006
6007 /**
6008 * Override to customise the session name
6009 */
6010 $wgSessionName = false;
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6014 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6015 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6016 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6017 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6023 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6024 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6025 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6026 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6027 */
6028 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6029
6030 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6031
6032 /************************************************************************//**
6033 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6034 * @{
6035 */
6036
6037 /**
6038 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6039 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6040 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6041 * Please see math/README for more information.
6042 */
6043 $wgUseTeX = false;
6044
6045 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6046
6047 /************************************************************************//**
6048 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6049 *
6050 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6051 *
6052 * @{
6053 */
6054
6055 /**
6056 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6057 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6058 * may contain private data.
6059 */
6060 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6061
6062 /**
6063 * Prefix for debug log lines
6064 */
6065 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6066
6067 /**
6068 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6069 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6070 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6071 */
6072 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6073
6074 /**
6075 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6076 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6077 * and gen=js requests.
6078 */
6079 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6083 *
6084 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6085 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6086 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6087 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6088 */
6089 $wgDebugComments = false;
6090
6091 /**
6092 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6093 *
6094 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6095 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6096 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6097 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6098 */
6099 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6103 *
6104 * @since 1.26
6105 */
6106 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6107 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6108 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6109 'GET' => [
6110 'masterConns' => 0,
6111 'writes' => 0,
6112 'readQueryTime' => 5
6113 ],
6114 // HTTP POST requests.
6115 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6116 'POST' => [
6117 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6118 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6119 'maxAffected' => 1000
6120 ],
6121 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6122 'masterConns' => 0,
6123 'writes' => 0,
6124 'readQueryTime' => 5
6125 ],
6126 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6127 'PostSend-GET' => [
6128 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6129 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6130 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6131 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6132 'masterConns' => 0,
6133 'writes' => 0,
6134 ],
6135 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6136 'PostSend-POST' => [
6137 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6138 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6139 'maxAffected' => 1000
6140 ],
6141 // Background job runner
6142 'JobRunner' => [
6143 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6144 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6145 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6146 ],
6147 // Command-line scripts
6148 'Maintenance' => [
6149 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6150 'maxAffected' => 1000
6151 ]
6152 ];
6153
6154 /**
6155 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6156 *
6157 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6158 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6159 * in production.
6160 *
6161 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6162 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6163 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6164 * - associative array with keys:
6165 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6166 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6167 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6168 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6169 *
6170 * @par Example:
6171 * @code
6172 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6173 * @endcode
6174 *
6175 * @par Advanced example:
6176 * @code
6177 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6178 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6179 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6180 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6181 * ];
6182 * @endcode
6183 */
6184 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6185
6186 /**
6187 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6188 *
6189 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6190 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6191 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6192 * details.
6193 *
6194 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6195 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6196 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6197 *
6198 * @par To completely disable logging:
6199 * @code
6200 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6201 * @endcode
6202 *
6203 * @since 1.25
6204 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6205 * @see MwLogger
6206 */
6207 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6208 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6209 ];
6210
6211 /**
6212 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6213 *
6214 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6215 */
6216 $wgShowDebug = false;
6217
6218 /**
6219 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6220 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6221 */
6222 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6223
6224 /**
6225 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6226 */
6227 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6231 */
6232 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6236 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6237 * to an attacker.
6238 */
6239 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6240
6241 /**
6242 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6243 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6244 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6245 * formatting.
6246 */
6247 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6251 *
6252 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6253 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6254 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6255 * exception handler.
6256 */
6257 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6258
6259 /**
6260 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6261 */
6262 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6266 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6267 */
6268 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6269
6270 /**
6271 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6272 */
6273 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6277 * Should be a string, default false.
6278 * @since 1.20
6279 */
6280 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6284 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6285 */
6286 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6290 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6291 * after the limit.
6292 */
6293 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Profiler configuration.
6297 *
6298 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6299 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6300 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6301 *
6302 * Example:
6303 *
6304 * @code
6305 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6306 * @endcode
6307 *
6308 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6309 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6310 *
6311 * @code
6312 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6313 * @endcode
6314 *
6315 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6316 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6317 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6318 *
6319 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6320 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6321 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6322 *
6323 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6324 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6325 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6326 *
6327 * @code
6328 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6329 * @endcode
6330 *
6331 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6332 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6333 *
6334 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6335 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6336 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6337 *
6338 * @code
6339 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6340 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6341 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6342 * @endcode
6343 *
6344 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6345 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6346 *
6347 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6348 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6349 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6350 *
6351 * @since 1.17.0
6352 */
6353 $wgProfiler = [];
6354
6355 /**
6356 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6357 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6358 */
6359 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6360
6361 /**
6362 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6363 *
6364 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6365 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6366 */
6367 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6371 *
6372 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6373 *
6374 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6375 *
6376 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6377 * @since 1.25
6378 */
6379 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6383 *
6384 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6385 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6386 * @since 1.25
6387 */
6388 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6389
6390 /**
6391 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6392 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6393 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6394 * @since 1.28
6395 */
6396 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6397 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6398 ];
6399
6400 /**
6401 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6402 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6403 * templates.
6404 */
6405 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6409 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6410 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6411 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6412 */
6413 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6417 * filename is passed to it.
6418 *
6419 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6420 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6421 *
6422 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6423 *
6424 * Use full paths.
6425 *
6426 * @deprecated since 1.30
6427 */
6428 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6429
6430 /**
6431 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6432 */
6433 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6437 * @since 1.19
6438 */
6439 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6443 * queries and other useful output.
6444 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6445 *
6446 * @since 1.19
6447 */
6448 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6449
6450 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6451
6452 /************************************************************************//**
6453 * @name Search
6454 * @{
6455 */
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6459 */
6460 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6464 * by default off due to execution overhead
6465 */
6466 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6470 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6471 */
6472 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6473
6474 /**
6475 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6476 *
6477 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6478 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6479 *
6480 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6481 *
6482 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6483 */
6484 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6488 *
6489 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6490 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6491 *
6492 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6493 */
6494 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6495 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6496 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6497 ];
6498
6499 /**
6500 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6501 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6502 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6503 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6504 */
6505 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6506
6507 /**
6508 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6509 * OpenSearch call.
6510 */
6511 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6512
6513 /**
6514 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6515 */
6516 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6520 */
6521 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6522
6523 /**
6524 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6525 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6526 */
6527 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6528
6529 /**
6530 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6531 *
6532 * @par Example:
6533 * @code
6534 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6535 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6536 * @endcode
6537 */
6538 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6539 NS_MAIN => true,
6540 ];
6541
6542 /**
6543 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6544 * implemented by an extension instead.
6545 */
6546 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6550 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6551 * search term.
6552 *
6553 * @par Example:
6554 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6555 * @code
6556 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6557 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6558 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6559 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6560 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6561 * @endcode
6562 */
6563 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Search form behavior.
6567 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6568 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6569 */
6570 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6571
6572 /**
6573 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6574 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6575 * generated for all namespaces.
6576 */
6577 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6578
6579 /**
6580 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6581 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6582 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6583 *
6584 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6585 * @par Example:
6586 * @code
6587 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6588 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6589 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6590 * ];
6591 * @endcode
6592 */
6593 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6594
6595 /**
6596 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6597 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6598 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6599 */
6600 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6601
6602 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6603
6604 /************************************************************************//**
6605 * @name Edit user interface
6606 * @{
6607 */
6608
6609 /**
6610 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6611 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6612 */
6613 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6614
6615 /**
6616 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6617 */
6618 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6622 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6623 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6624 */
6625 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6626 NS_CATEGORY => true
6627 ];
6628
6629 /**
6630 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6631 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6632 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6633 */
6634 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6638 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6639 * ting this variable false.
6640 */
6641 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6642
6643 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6644
6645 /************************************************************************//**
6646 * @name Maintenance
6647 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6648 * @{
6649 */
6650
6651 /**
6652 * @cond file_level_code
6653 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6654 */
6655 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6656 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6657 }
6658 /** @endcond */
6659
6660 /**
6661 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6662 */
6663 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6667 * used as an explanation to users.
6668 *
6669 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6670 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6671 * option in MySQL.
6672 */
6673 $wgReadOnly = null;
6674
6675 /**
6676 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6677 * @var bool
6678 * @since 1.31
6679 */
6680 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6681
6682 /**
6683 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6684 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6685 * message.
6686 *
6687 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6688 */
6689 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6693 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6694 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6695 *
6696 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6697 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6698 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6699 */
6700 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6701
6702 /**
6703 * Fully specified path to git binary
6704 */
6705 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6709 *
6710 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6711 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6712 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6713 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6714 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6715 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6716 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6717 *
6718 * @since 1.20
6719 */
6720 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6721 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6722 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6723 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6724 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6725 ];
6726
6727 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6728
6729 /************************************************************************//**
6730 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6731 * @{
6732 */
6733
6734 /**
6735 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6736 * seconds will go.
6737 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6738 */
6739 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6740
6741 /**
6742 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6743 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6744 * @since 1.26
6745 */
6746 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6747
6748 /**
6749 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6750 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6751 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6752 * @since 1.26
6753 */
6754 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6755
6756 /**
6757 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6758 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6759 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6760 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6761 * is still there.
6762 */
6763 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6764
6765 /**
6766 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6767 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6768 */
6769 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6770
6771 /**
6772 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6773 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6774 */
6775 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6776
6777 /**
6778 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6779 *
6780 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6781 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6782 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6783 *
6784 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6785 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6786 * passed to the constructor.
6787 *
6788 * Common options:
6789 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6790 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6791 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6792 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6793 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6794 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6795 *
6796 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6797 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6798 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6799 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6800 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6801 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6802 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6803 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6804 *
6805 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6806 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6807 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6808 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6809 *
6810 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6811 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6812 *
6813 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6814 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6815 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6816 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6817 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6818 * ];
6819 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6820 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6821 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6822 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6823 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6824 * ];
6825 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6826 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6827 * ];
6828 * @since 1.22
6829 */
6830 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6831
6832 /**
6833 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6834 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6835 * @since 1.22
6836 */
6837 $wgRCEngines = [
6838 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6839 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6840 ];
6841
6842 /**
6843 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6844 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6845 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6846 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6847 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6848 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6849 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6850 *
6851 * @since 1.27
6852 */
6853 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6854
6855 /**
6856 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6857 * New pages and new files are included.
6858 *
6859 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6860 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6861 * Special:Log.
6862 */
6863 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6864
6865 /**
6866 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6867 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6868 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6869 * that lets users disable them.
6870 *
6871 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6872 *
6873 * @since 1.30
6874 */
6875 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6879 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6880 *
6881 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6882 * @since 1.32
6883 */
6884 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6885
6886 /**
6887 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6888 *
6889 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6890 */
6891 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6895 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6896 * 0 to disable completely.
6897 */
6898 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6899
6900 /**
6901 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6902 *
6903 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6904 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6905 * Special:Log.
6906 */
6907 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6908
6909 /**
6910 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6911 *
6912 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6913 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6914 * Special:Log.
6915 *
6916 * @since 1.27
6917 */
6918 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6922 */
6923 $wgFeed = true;
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6927 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6928 */
6929 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6930
6931 /**
6932 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6933 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6934 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6935 *
6936 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6937 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6938 */
6939 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6940
6941 /**
6942 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6943 * pages larger than this size.
6944 */
6945 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6946
6947 /**
6948 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6949 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6950 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6951 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6952 * as value.
6953 * @par Example:
6954 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6955 * @code
6956 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6957 * @endcode
6958 */
6959 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6960
6961 /**
6962 * Available feeds objects.
6963 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6964 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6965 */
6966 $wgFeedClasses = [
6967 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6968 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6969 ];
6970
6971 /**
6972 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6973 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6974 */
6975 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6979 */
6980 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6984 */
6985 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6986
6987 /**
6988 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6989 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6990 * highlighted on the RC page.
6991 */
6992 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6993
6994 /**
6995 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6996 * view for watched pages with new changes
6997 */
6998 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6999
7000 /**
7001 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7002 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7003 */
7004 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7005
7006 /**
7007 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7008 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7009 */
7010 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7011
7012 /**
7013 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7014 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7015 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7016 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7017 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7018 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7019 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7020 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7021 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7022 *
7023 * @var array
7024 * @since 1.31
7025 */
7026 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7027 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7028 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7029 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7030 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7031 'mw-blank' => true,
7032 'mw-replace' => true,
7033 'mw-rollback' => true,
7034 'mw-undo' => true,
7035 ];
7036
7037 /**
7038 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7039 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7040 * watchers.
7041 *
7042 * @since 1.21
7043 */
7044 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7045
7046 /**
7047 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7048 * certain types of edits.
7049 *
7050 * To register a new one:
7051 * @code
7052 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7053 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7054 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7055 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7056 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7057 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7058 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7059 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7060 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7061 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7062 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7063 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7064 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7065 * ];
7066 * @endcode
7067 *
7068 * @since 1.22
7069 */
7070 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7071 'newpage' => [
7072 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7073 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7074 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7075 'grouping' => 'any',
7076 ],
7077 'minor' => [
7078 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7079 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7080 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7081 'class' => 'minoredit',
7082 'grouping' => 'all',
7083 ],
7084 'bot' => [
7085 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7086 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7087 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7088 'class' => 'botedit',
7089 'grouping' => 'all',
7090 ],
7091 'unpatrolled' => [
7092 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7093 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7094 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7095 'grouping' => 'any',
7096 ],
7097 ];
7098
7099 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7100
7101 /************************************************************************//**
7102 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7103 * @{
7104 */
7105
7106 /**
7107 * Override for copyright metadata.
7108 *
7109 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7110 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7111 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7112 */
7113 $wgRightsPage = null;
7114
7115 /**
7116 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7117 * wiki.
7118 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7119 */
7120 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7121
7122 /**
7123 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7124 * link.
7125 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7126 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7127 */
7128 $wgRightsText = null;
7129
7130 /**
7131 * Override for copyright metadata.
7132 */
7133 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7134
7135 /**
7136 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7137 */
7138 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7142 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7143 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7144 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7145 * large wikis.
7146 */
7147 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7148
7149 /**
7150 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7151 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7152 */
7153 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7154
7155 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7156
7157 /************************************************************************//**
7158 * @name Import / Export
7159 * @{
7160 */
7161
7162 /**
7163 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7164 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7165 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7166 *
7167 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7168 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7169 * e.g.
7170 * @code
7171 * $wgImportSources = [
7172 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7173 * 'wikispecies',
7174 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7175 * ];
7176 * @endcode
7177 *
7178 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7179 * the ImportSources hook.
7180 *
7181 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7182 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7183 */
7184 $wgImportSources = [];
7185
7186 /**
7187 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7188 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7189 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7190 *
7191 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7192 */
7193 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7194
7195 /**
7196 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7197 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7198 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7199 */
7200 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7201
7202 /**
7203 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7204 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7205 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7206 */
7207 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7208
7209 /**
7210 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7211 */
7212 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7213
7214 /**
7215 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7216 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7217 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7218 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7219 * it's disabled by default for now.
7220 *
7221 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7222 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7223 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7224 */
7225 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7226
7227 /**
7228 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7229 */
7230 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7231
7232 /**
7233 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7234 */
7235 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7236
7237 /**
7238 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7239 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7240 *
7241 * @since 1.27
7242 */
7243 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7244
7245 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7246
7247 /*************************************************************************//**
7248 * @name Extensions
7249 * @{
7250 */
7251
7252 /**
7253 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7254 * initialised
7255 */
7256 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7257
7258 /**
7259 * Extension messages files.
7260 *
7261 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7262 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7263 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7264 * is the most common.
7265 *
7266 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7267 * in the core.
7268 *
7269 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7270 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7271 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7272 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7273 *
7274 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7275 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7276 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7277 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7278 *
7279 * @par Example:
7280 * @code
7281 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7282 * @endcode
7283 */
7284 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Extension messages directories.
7288 *
7289 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7290 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7291 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7292 * message directories.
7293 *
7294 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7295 *
7296 * @par Simple example:
7297 * @code
7298 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7299 * @endcode
7300 *
7301 * @par Complex example:
7302 * @code
7303 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7304 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7305 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7306 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7307 * ]
7308 * @endcode
7309 * @since 1.23
7310 */
7311 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7312
7313 /**
7314 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7315 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7316 * @since 1.22
7317 */
7318 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7319
7320 /**
7321 * Parser output hooks.
7322 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7323 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7324 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7325 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7326 *
7327 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7328 *
7329 * The callback has the form:
7330 * @code
7331 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7332 * @endcode
7333 */
7334 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7335
7336 /**
7337 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7338 */
7339 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7340
7341 /**
7342 * List of valid skin names
7343 *
7344 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7345 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7346 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7347 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7348 */
7349 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7350
7351 /**
7352 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7353 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7354 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7355 * SpecialPage.
7356 */
7357 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7358
7359 /**
7360 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7361 */
7362 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7363
7364 /**
7365 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7366 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7367 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7368 */
7369 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7370
7371 /**
7372 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7373 *
7374 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7375 *
7376 * @code
7377 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7378 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7379 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7380 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7381 * 'author' => [
7382 * 'Foo Barstein',
7383 * ],
7384 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7385 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7386 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7387 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7388 * ];
7389 * @endcode
7390 *
7391 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7392 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7393 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7394 * interpreted as wikitext.
7395 *
7396 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7397 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7398 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7399 *
7400 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7401 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7402 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7403 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7404 *
7405 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7406 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7407 * usually are.)
7408 *
7409 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7410 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7411 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7412 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7413 *
7414 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7415 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7416 *
7417 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7418 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7419 *
7420 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7421 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7422 */
7423 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7424
7425 /**
7426 * Authentication plugin.
7427 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7428 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7429 */
7430 $wgAuth = null;
7431
7432 /**
7433 * Global list of hooks.
7434 *
7435 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7436 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7437 * internally by Hook:run().
7438 *
7439 * The value can be one of:
7440 *
7441 * - A function name:
7442 * @code
7443 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7444 * @endcode
7445 * - A function with some data:
7446 * @code
7447 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7448 * @endcode
7449 * - A an object method:
7450 * @code
7451 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7452 * @endcode
7453 * - A closure:
7454 * @code
7455 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7456 * // Handler code goes here.
7457 * };
7458 * @endcode
7459 *
7460 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7461 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7462 *
7463 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7464 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7465 */
7466 $wgHooks = [];
7467
7468 /**
7469 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7470 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7471 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7472 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7473 * hook for that.
7474 *
7475 * @see MediaWikiServices
7476 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7477 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7478 */
7479 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7480 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7481 ];
7482
7483 /**
7484 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7485 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7486 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7487 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7488 */
7489 $wgJobClasses = [
7490 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7491 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7492 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7493 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7494 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7495 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7496 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7497 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7498 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7499 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7500 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7501 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7502 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7503 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7504 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7505 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7506 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7507 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7508 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7509 'null' => NullJob::class,
7510 ];
7511
7512 /**
7513 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7514 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7515 *
7516 * These can be:
7517 * - Very long-running jobs.
7518 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7519 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7520 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7521 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7522 */
7523 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7524
7525 /**
7526 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7527 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7528 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7529 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7530 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7531 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7532 * @var float[]
7533 */
7534 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7535
7536 /**
7537 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7538 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7539 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7540 *
7541 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7542 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7543 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7544 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7545 *
7546 * @var float|bool
7547 * @since 1.26
7548 */
7549 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7550
7551 /**
7552 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7553 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7554 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7555 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7556 */
7557 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7558 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7559 ];
7560
7561 /**
7562 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7563 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7564 */
7565 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7566 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7567 ];
7568
7569 /**
7570 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7571 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7572 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7573 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7574 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7575 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7576 * that limit is hit.
7577 *
7578 * @since 1.29
7579 */
7580 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7581
7582 /**
7583 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7584 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7585 */
7586 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7587 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7588 ];
7589
7590 /**
7591 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7592 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7593 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7594 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7595 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7596 */
7597 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7598 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7599 ];
7600
7601 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7602
7603 /*************************************************************************//**
7604 * @name Categories
7605 * @{
7606 */
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7610 */
7611 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7612
7613 /**
7614 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7615 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7616 */
7617 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7618
7619 /**
7620 * Paging limit for categories
7621 */
7622 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7623
7624 /**
7625 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7626 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7627 *
7628 * Available values are:
7629 *
7630 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7631 *
7632 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7633 *
7634 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7635 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7636 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7637 *
7638 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7639 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7640 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7641 * server.
7642 *
7643 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7644 * the sort keys in the database.
7645 *
7646 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7647 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7648 */
7649 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7650
7651 /** @} */ # End categories }
7652
7653 /*************************************************************************//**
7654 * @name Logging
7655 * @{
7656 */
7657
7658 /**
7659 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7660 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7661 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7662 * log type.
7663 */
7664 $wgLogTypes = [
7665 '',
7666 'block',
7667 'protect',
7668 'rights',
7669 'delete',
7670 'upload',
7671 'move',
7672 'import',
7673 'patrol',
7674 'merge',
7675 'suppress',
7676 'tag',
7677 'managetags',
7678 'contentmodel',
7679 ];
7680
7681 /**
7682 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7683 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7684 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7685 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7686 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7687 */
7688 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7689 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7690 ];
7691
7692 /**
7693 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7694 *
7695 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7696 *
7697 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7698 *
7699 * @par Example:
7700 * @code
7701 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7702 * @endcode
7703 *
7704 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7705 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7706 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7707 *
7708 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7709 * for the link text.
7710 */
7711 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7712 'patrol' => true,
7713 'tag' => true,
7714 ];
7715
7716 /**
7717 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7718 * will be listed in the user interface.
7719 *
7720 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7721 *
7722 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7723 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7724 */
7725 $wgLogNames = [
7726 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7727 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7728 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7729 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7730 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7731 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7732 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7733 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7734 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7735 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7736 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7737 ];
7738
7739 /**
7740 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7741 * top of each log type.
7742 *
7743 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7744 *
7745 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7746 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7747 */
7748 $wgLogHeaders = [
7749 '' => 'alllogstext',
7750 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7751 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7752 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7753 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7754 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7755 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7756 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7757 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7758 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7759 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7760 ];
7761
7762 /**
7763 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7764 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7765 *
7766 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7767 */
7768 $wgLogActions = [];
7769
7770 /**
7771 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7772 * not messages.
7773 * @see LogPage::actionText
7774 * @see LogFormatter
7775 */
7776 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7777 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7778 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7779 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7780 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7781 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7782 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7783 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7784 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7785 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7786 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7787 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7788 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7789 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7790 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7791 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7792 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7793 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7794 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7795 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7796 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7797 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7798 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7799 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7800 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7801 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7802 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7803 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7804 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7805 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7806 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7807 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7808 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7809 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7810 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7811 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7812 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7813 ];
7814
7815 /**
7816 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7817 *
7818 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7819 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7820 * Extensions may append to this array
7821 * @since 1.27
7822 */
7823 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7824 'block' => [
7825 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7826 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7827 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7828 ],
7829 'contentmodel' => [
7830 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7831 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7832 ],
7833 'delete' => [
7834 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7835 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7836 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7837 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7838 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7839 ],
7840 'import' => [
7841 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7842 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7843 ],
7844 'managetags' => [
7845 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7846 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7847 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7848 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7849 ],
7850 'move' => [
7851 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7852 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7853 ],
7854 'newusers' => [
7855 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7856 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7857 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7858 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7859 ],
7860 'protect' => [
7861 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7862 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7863 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7864 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7865 ],
7866 'rights' => [
7867 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7868 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7869 ],
7870 'suppress' => [
7871 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7872 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7873 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7874 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7875 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7876 ],
7877 'upload' => [
7878 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7879 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7880 ],
7881 ];
7882
7883 /**
7884 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7885 */
7886 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7887
7888 /**
7889 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7890 * @since 1.32
7891 */
7892 $wgPageCreationLog = false;
7893
7894 /** @} */ # end logging }
7895
7896 /*************************************************************************//**
7897 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7898 * @{
7899 */
7900
7901 /**
7902 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7903 */
7904 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7908 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7909 */
7910 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7911
7912 /**
7913 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7914 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7915 */
7916 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7917
7918 /**
7919 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7920 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7921 */
7922 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7923
7924 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7925
7926 /*************************************************************************//**
7927 * @name Actions
7928 * @{
7929 */
7930
7931 /**
7932 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7933 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7934 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7935 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7936 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7937 * instead of the default class.
7938 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7939 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7940 */
7941 $wgActions = [
7942 'credits' => true,
7943 'delete' => true,
7944 'edit' => true,
7945 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7946 'history' => true,
7947 'info' => true,
7948 'markpatrolled' => true,
7949 'protect' => true,
7950 'purge' => true,
7951 'raw' => true,
7952 'render' => true,
7953 'revert' => true,
7954 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7955 'rollback' => true,
7956 'submit' => true,
7957 'unprotect' => true,
7958 'unwatch' => true,
7959 'view' => true,
7960 'watch' => true,
7961 ];
7962
7963 /** @} */ # end actions }
7964
7965 /*************************************************************************//**
7966 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7967 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7968 * @{
7969 */
7970
7971 /**
7972 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7973 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7974 * basis.
7975 */
7976 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7980 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7981 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7982 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7983 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7984 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7985 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7986 *
7987 * @par Example:
7988 * @code
7989 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7990 * @endcode
7991 */
7992 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7993
7994 /**
7995 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7996 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7997 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7998 *
7999 * @par Example:
8000 * @code
8001 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8002 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8003 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8004 * ];
8005 * @endcode
8006 *
8007 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8008 * forms:
8009 * @code
8010 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8011 * # Underscore, not space!
8012 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8013 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8014 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8015 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8016 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8017 * ];
8018 * @endcode
8019 */
8020 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8021
8022 /**
8023 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8024 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8025 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8026 *
8027 * @par Example:
8028 * @code
8029 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8030 * @endcode
8031 */
8032 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8033
8034 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8035
8036 /************************************************************************//**
8037 * @name AJAX and API
8038 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8039 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8040 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8041 * @{
8042 */
8043
8044 /**
8045 *
8046 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8047 *
8048 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8049 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8050 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8051 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8052 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8053 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8054 * requiring POST.
8055 *
8056 * @since 1.21
8057 */
8058 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8059
8060 /**
8061 * API module extensions.
8062 *
8063 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8064 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8065 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8066 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8067 *
8068 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8069 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8070 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8071 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8072 * field.
8073 *
8074 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8075 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8076 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8077 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8078 *
8079 * Examples for registering API modules:
8080 *
8081 * @code
8082 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8083 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8084 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8085 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8086 * ];
8087 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8088 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8089 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8090 * ];
8091 * @endcode
8092 *
8093 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8094 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8095 */
8096 $wgAPIModules = [];
8097
8098 /**
8099 * API format module extensions.
8100 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8101 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8102 *
8103 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8104 */
8105 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8106
8107 /**
8108 * API Query meta module extensions.
8109 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8110 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8111 *
8112 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8113 */
8114 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8115
8116 /**
8117 * API Query prop module extensions.
8118 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8119 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8120 *
8121 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8122 */
8123 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8124
8125 /**
8126 * API Query list module extensions.
8127 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8128 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8129 *
8130 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8131 */
8132 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8133
8134 /**
8135 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8136 * The default value is generally fine
8137 */
8138 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8139
8140 /**
8141 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8142 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8143 */
8144 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8145
8146 /**
8147 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8148 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8149 */
8150 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8151
8152 /**
8153 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8154 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8155 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8156 */
8157 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8158
8159 /**
8160 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8161 * API request logging
8162 */
8163 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8164
8165 /**
8166 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8167 */
8168 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8169
8170 /**
8171 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8172 * API queries.
8173 */
8174 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8175 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8176 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8177 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8178 ];
8179
8180 /**
8181 * Enable AJAX framework
8182 *
8183 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8184 */
8185 $wgUseAjax = true;
8186
8187 /**
8188 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8189 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8190 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8191 */
8192 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8193
8194 /**
8195 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8196 */
8197 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8201 */
8202 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8206 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8207 */
8208 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8212 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8213 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8214 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8215 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8216 *
8217 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8218 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8219 *
8220 * @par Example:
8221 * @code
8222 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8223 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8224 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8225 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8226 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8227 * ];
8228 * @endcode
8229 */
8230 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8234 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8235 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8236 */
8237 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8238
8239 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8240
8241 /************************************************************************//**
8242 * @name Shell and process control
8243 * @{
8244 */
8245
8246 /**
8247 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8248 */
8249 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8253 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8254 */
8255 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8256
8257 /**
8258 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8259 */
8260 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8264 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8265 */
8266 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8267
8268 /**
8269 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8270 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8271 *
8272 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8273 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8274 * them segfault or deadlock.
8275 *
8276 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8277 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8278 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8279 *
8280 * @par Example:
8281 * @code
8282 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8283 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8284 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8285 * @endcode
8286 *
8287 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8288 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8289 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8290 */
8291 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8295 */
8296 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8297
8298 /**
8299 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8300 *
8301 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8302 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8303 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8304 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8305 *
8306 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8307 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8308 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8309 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8310 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8311 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8312 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8313 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8314 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8315 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8316 * decimal separator)
8317 *
8318 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8319 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8320 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8321 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8322 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8323 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8324 * displayed to the user.
8325 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8326 * date/time values.
8327 *
8328 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8329 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8330 * wikis.
8331 */
8332 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8333
8334 /**
8335 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8336 *
8337 * Supported options:
8338 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8339 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8340 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8341 *
8342 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8343 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8344 *
8345 * @since 1.31
8346 * @var string|bool
8347 */
8348 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8349
8350 /** @} */ # End shell }
8351
8352 /************************************************************************//**
8353 * @name HTTP client
8354 * @{
8355 */
8356
8357 /**
8358 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8359 * @var int
8360 */
8361 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8362
8363 /**
8364 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8365 * @since 1.29
8366 */
8367 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8368
8369 /**
8370 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8371 */
8372 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8373
8374 /**
8375 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8376 */
8377 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Local virtual hosts.
8381 *
8382 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8383 *
8384 * This affects the following:
8385 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8386 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8387 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8388 * the proxy if it is configured.
8389 *
8390 * @since 1.25
8391 */
8392 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8393
8394 /**
8395 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8396 * Only works for curl
8397 */
8398 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8399
8400 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8401
8402 /************************************************************************//**
8403 * @name Job queue
8404 * @{
8405 */
8406
8407 /**
8408 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8409 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8410 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8411 * be run periodically.
8412 */
8413 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8417 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8418 * execution finishes.
8419 *
8420 * @since 1.23
8421 */
8422 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8423
8424 /**
8425 * Number of rows to update per job
8426 */
8427 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Number of rows to update per query
8431 */
8432 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8433
8434 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8435
8436 /************************************************************************//**
8437 * @name Miscellaneous
8438 * @{
8439 */
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8443 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8444 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8445 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8446 */
8447 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8448
8449 /**
8450 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8451 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8452 * Supported values:
8453 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8454 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8455 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8456 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8457 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8458 *
8459 * @since 1.30
8460 */
8461 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8462
8463 /**
8464 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8465 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8466 *
8467 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8468 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8469 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8470 */
8471 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8472
8473 /**
8474 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8475 * For debugging
8476 */
8477 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8478
8479 /**
8480 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8481 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8482 */
8483 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8484
8485 /**
8486 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8487 */
8488 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8492 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8493 */
8494 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8495
8496 /**
8497 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8498 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8499 */
8500 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8501
8502 /**
8503 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8504 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8505 *
8506 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8507 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8508 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8509 * parameters.
8510 *
8511 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8512 * @code
8513 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8514 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8515 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8516 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8517 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8518 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8519 * 'redisConfig' => []
8520 * ] ];
8521 * @endcode
8522 *
8523 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8524 * @code
8525 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8526 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8527 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8528 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8529 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8530 * ... any extension-specific options...
8531 * ] ];
8532 * @endcode
8533 */
8534 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8535
8536 /**
8537 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8538 */
8539 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8540
8541 /**
8542 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8543 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8544 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8545 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8546 *
8547 * @since 1.21
8548 */
8549 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8550
8551 /**
8552 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8553 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8554 *
8555 * * 'ignore': return null
8556 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8557 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8558 *
8559 * @since 1.21
8560 */
8561 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8562
8563 /**
8564 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8565 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8566 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8567 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8568 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8569 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8570 *
8571 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8572 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8573 *
8574 * @since 1.21
8575 */
8576 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8577
8578 /**
8579 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8580 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8581 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8582 *
8583 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8584 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8585 *
8586 * @since 1.21
8587 */
8588 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8589 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8590 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8591 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8592 ];
8593
8594 /**
8595 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8596 *
8597 * @since 1.20
8598 */
8599 $wgSiteTypes = [
8600 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8601 ];
8602
8603 /**
8604 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8605 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8606 * @since 1.23
8607 */
8608 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8609
8610 /**
8611 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8612 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8613 * @see T67184
8614 * @since 1.24
8615 */
8616 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8617
8618 /**
8619 * Secret for session storage.
8620 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8621 * be used.
8622 * @since 1.27
8623 */
8624 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8625
8626 /**
8627 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8628 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8629 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8630 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8631 * @since 1.27
8632 */
8633 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8634
8635 /**
8636 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8637 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8638 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8639 * be used.
8640 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8641 * @since 1.24
8642 */
8643 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8644
8645 /**
8646 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8647 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8648 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8649 * @since 1.24
8650 */
8651 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8652
8653 /**
8654 * Enable page language feature
8655 * Allows setting page language in database
8656 * @var bool
8657 * @since 1.24
8658 */
8659 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8660
8661 /**
8662 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8663 *
8664 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8665 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8666 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8667 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8668 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8669 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8670 *
8671 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8672 *
8673 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8674 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8675 * 'options' => [
8676 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8677 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8678 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8679 * ]
8680 * ];
8681 *
8682 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8683 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8684 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8685 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8686 *
8687 * Example config for Parsoid:
8688 *
8689 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8690 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8691 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8692 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8693 * ];
8694 *
8695 * @var array
8696 * @since 1.25
8697 */
8698 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8699 'paths' => [],
8700 'modules' => [],
8701 'global' => [
8702 # Timeout in seconds
8703 'timeout' => 360,
8704 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8705 'forwardCookies' => false,
8706 'HTTPProxy' => null
8707 ]
8708 ];
8709
8710 /**
8711 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8712 * these suggestions.
8713 *
8714 * @var bool
8715 * @since 1.26
8716 */
8717 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8718
8719 /**
8720 * Where popular password file is located.
8721 *
8722 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8723 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8724 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8725 *
8726 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8727 * @since 1.27
8728 * @var string path to file
8729 */
8730 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8731
8732 /*
8733 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8734 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8735 *
8736 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8737 * @since 1.27
8738 */
8739 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8740
8741 /*
8742 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8743 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8744 *
8745 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8746 * @since 1.30
8747 */
8748 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8749
8750 /**
8751 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8752 *
8753 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8754 * @since 1.32
8755 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8756 * If an array, can have parameters:
8757 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8758 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8759 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8760 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8761 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8762 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8763 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8764 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8765 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8766 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8767 */
8768 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8769
8770 /**
8771 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8772 *
8773 * @since 1.32
8774 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8775 */
8776 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8777
8778 /**
8779 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8780 *
8781 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8782 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8783 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8784 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8785 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8786 *
8787 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8788 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8789 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8790 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8791 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8792 *
8793 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8794 *
8795 * @since 1.27
8796 */
8797 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8798 'default' => [
8799 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8800 ]
8801 ];
8802
8803 /**
8804 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8805 *
8806 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8807 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8808 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8809 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8810 *
8811 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8812 *
8813 * @var bool
8814 * @since 1.28
8815 */
8816 $wgPingback = false;
8817
8818 /**
8819 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8820 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8821 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8822 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8823 *
8824 * @since 1.28
8825 */
8826 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8827 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8828 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8829 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8830 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8831 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8832 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8833 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8834 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8835 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8836 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8837 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8838 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8839 ];
8840
8841 /**
8842 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8843 * at Special:Contributions.
8844 *
8845 * @var array
8846 * @since 1.30
8847 */
8848 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8849 'IPv4' => 16,
8850 'IPv6' => 32,
8851 ];
8852
8853 /**
8854 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8855 *
8856 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8857 *
8858 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8859 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8860 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8861 *
8862 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8863 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8864 */
8865 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8866 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8867 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8868 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8869
8870 /**
8871 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8872 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8873 *
8874 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8875 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8876 *
8877 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8878 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8879 *
8880 * @par Example:
8881 * @code
8882 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8883 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8884 *];
8885 * @endcode
8886 */
8887 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8888
8889 /**
8890 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8891 * @since 1.30
8892 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8893 */
8894 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8895
8896 /**
8897 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8898 * @since 1.31
8899 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8900 */
8901 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8902
8903 /**
8904 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8905 *
8906 * @since 1.32
8907 * @deprecated 1.32
8908 * @var bool
8909 */
8910 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8911
8912 /**
8913 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
8914 *
8915 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
8916 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
8917 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
8918 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
8919 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
8920 *
8921 * @since 1.32
8922 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8923 */
8924 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8925
8926 /**
8927 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8928 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8929 * @}
8930 */